blob: b9983853984e330376a5c97266a3d9ca7ddad077 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
40/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
41/// referenced), false otherwise.
42bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000043 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000044 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
46 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
47 // construct.
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000048 bool isSilenced = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000050 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
51 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
52 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000053 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000054
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000055 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
56 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
57 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
58 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
59 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
60 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
61 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000062
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +000063 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000065 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000066 }
67 }
68 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000069
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
72 }
73
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000075 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000076 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
77 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
78 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
79 return true;
80 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000081 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000082
83 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000084 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000085 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
87 }
88
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000089 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000090}
91
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000092/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000093/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000094/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
95///
96void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000099 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 // block or function pointer call.
132 QualType Ty = V->getType();
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000134 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000135 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
136 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
138 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
139 unsigned k;
140 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
141 if (nullPos)
142 --nullPos;
143 else
144 ++i;
145 }
146 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
147 }
148 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
149 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000150 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000151 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000152 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000153 return;
154
155 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 int sentinel = i;
161 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
162 --sentinelPos;
163 ++i;
164 }
165 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 return;
169 }
170 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
171 ++i;
172 ++sentinel;
173 }
174 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
175 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000176 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
177 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000178 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000179 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000180 }
181 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000182}
183
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000184SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
185 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
186 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
187}
188
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190// Standard Promotions and Conversions
191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
194void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
195 QualType Ty = E->getType();
196 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
197
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000199 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000200 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000201 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
202 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
203 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
204 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
205 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
206 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
207 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000208 //
209 // C++ 4.2p1:
210 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
211 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
212 //
213 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
214 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000215 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
216 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
220/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
223/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
224/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
225Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
226 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
227 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000228
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
230 //
231 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
232 // unsigned int may be used:
233 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
234 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
235 // and unsigned int.
236 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
237 //
238 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
239 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
240 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
241 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000242 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
243 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
244 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy);
245 return Expr;
246 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000247 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000248 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000250 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000251 }
252
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000253 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000254 return Expr;
255}
256
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000257/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000259/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
260void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000265 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000266 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
267 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
270}
271
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000272/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
273/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
274/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
275/// completely illegal.
276bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000277 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000279 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
280 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
281 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
282 << Expr->getType() << CT;
283 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000284 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000285
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000286 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
287 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT;
289
290 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000291}
292
293
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
295/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000296/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
298/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
299/// GCC.
300QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
301 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000302 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000303 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000306
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000307 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000309 QualType lhs =
310 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000311 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000312 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
314 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
315 if (lhs == rhs)
316 return lhs;
317
318 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
319 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
320 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
321 return lhs;
322
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000323 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000324 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000325 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
326 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000327 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000328 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
329 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
330
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000331 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000332 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000333 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000335 return destType;
336}
337
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
339// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
340//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
341
342
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000343/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000344/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
345/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
346/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
347/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000348///
349Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000351 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
352
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000353 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000354 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000357 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
359 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000360
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000361 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000362 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000363 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000364
365 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
367 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000368
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
370 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
371 // strings.
372 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000373 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000374 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000375
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000376 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000377 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000378 Literal.GetStringLength(),
379 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
380 &StringTokLocs[0],
381 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000382}
383
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000384/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
385/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
386/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
387/// for values inside the block or for globals).
388///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
390/// up-to-date.
391///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000392static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
393 ValueDecl *VD) {
394 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
395 // we wanted to.
396 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
397 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000398
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000399 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
400 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
401 return false;
402
403 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
404 // snapshot it.
405 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
406 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000407 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
408 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000410 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
411 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
412
413 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
414 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
415 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
416 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
417 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
418 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
419 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
420 // having a reference outside it.
421 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
422 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000423
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000424 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
425 // a snapshot as well.
426 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000429 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430}
431
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000432
433
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000434/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000435/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff157c4032008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000436/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000437/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000438/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000439Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
440 IdentifierInfo &II,
441 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000442 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
443 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
444 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000445 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000446}
447
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
449/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
450/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
453 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
454 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000455 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
456 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000458 << D->getDeclName();
459 return ExprError();
460 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000462 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
463 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
464 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
465 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000466 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000467 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000469 << D->getIdentifier();
470 return ExprError();
471 }
472 }
473 }
474 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000475
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000476 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000478 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000479 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000481 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregorc23500e2009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000482 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000483 } else
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000484 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000486 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000487}
488
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
490/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
491/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
493 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000494 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000497 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
498 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
499 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000501 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000502 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 D != DEnd; ++D) {
504 if (*D == Record) {
505 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
506 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
507 ++D;
508 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000509 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000510 return *D;
511 }
512 }
513
514 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
515 return 0;
516}
517
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000518/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
519/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
520/// actual member.
521///
522/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
523/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
524/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
525/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
526/// we found.
527///
528/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
529/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
530/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
531VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
532 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
534 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
535 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
536
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000537 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000538 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
539 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
540 do {
541 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000542 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000543 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000544 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 else {
546 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
547 break;
548 }
549 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000550 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552
553 return BaseObject;
554}
555
556Sema::OwningExprResult
557Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
558 FieldDecl *Field,
559 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
560 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
561 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000562 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000563 AnonFields);
564
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
566 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
567 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
568 // found via name lookup.
569 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000570 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 if (BaseObject) {
572 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
573 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000574 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000575 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000576 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000577 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
581 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
582 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
583 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
584 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000585 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
587 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
588 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 BaseQuals
590 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 } else {
592 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
593 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
594 // program our base object expression is "this".
595 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
596 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000597 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000598 = Context.getTagDeclType(
599 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
600 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
603 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
604 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000605 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000606 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000607 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
608 }
609 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
611 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000613 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000616 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
618 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619 }
620
621 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
622 // anonymous struct/union.
623 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000624 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000625 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
626 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
627 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
628 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000629 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
630 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
631
632 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
633 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
634 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
635 ResultQuals.removeConst();
636
637 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
638 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
639
640 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
641 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
642
643 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
644 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
645 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
646
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000648 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000649 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
650 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000651 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000652 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000653 }
654
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000655 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000656}
657
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000658/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
659/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
660/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
661/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
662/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
663/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
664/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
665/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
666/// forms.
667///
668/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
669/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
670/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
671/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000672///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000673/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
674/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
675/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
676/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000677Sema::OwningExprResult
678Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
679 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000681 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000682 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000683 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
684 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000685
686 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
687 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
688 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
689 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000690 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000691 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000692 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000694 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
695 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000696 }
697
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000698 LookupResult Lookup;
699 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000700
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000701 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
702 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
703 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
704 : SourceRange());
705 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000706 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000707
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000708 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000709
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000710 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
711 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000712 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
713 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000714 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
715 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000716 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
717 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000719 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000720 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000721 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000722 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner50afe312009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000723 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000724 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
725 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000726
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000727 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
728 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
729 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
730 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000731
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000732 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
733 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
734 // an error.
735 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
736 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
737 << IV->getDeclName());
738 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
739 // same name exists, use the global.
740 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000741 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
742 ClassDeclared != IFace)
743 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000744 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
745 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000746 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise1a8c622009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000747 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
748 II, false);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000750 return Owned(new (Context)
751 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000752 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000754 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000755 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000756 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000758 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000759 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000760 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
761 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000762 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000763 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000764 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000765 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000766 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000767 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000768
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000769 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000770 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
771 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000772 else
773 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000775 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000776 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000777
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000778 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
779 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000780 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000781 HasTrailingLParen;
782
783 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000784 // We've seen something of the form
785 //
786 // identifier(
787 //
788 // and we did not find any entity by the name
789 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
790 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
791 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
792 Context.OverloadTy,
793 Loc));
794 }
795
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000796 if (D == 0) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000797 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000798 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000799 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000800 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000801 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000802 else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000803 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
804 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000805 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
806 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
807 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
808 << SS->getRange());
809 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000810 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000811 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
812 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000813 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000814 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000815 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000816 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000817
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000818 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
819 // Warn about constructs like:
820 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
821 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000822
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000823 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
824 // information to check this property.
825 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
826 Scope *CheckS = S;
827 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000828 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000829 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
830 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
831 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
832 << Var->getDeclName());
833 else
834 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
835 << Var->getDeclName());
836 break;
837 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000838
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
840 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
841 if (CheckS)
842 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
843 }
844 }
845 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
846 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
847 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
848 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
849 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
850 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
851 // type.
852 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
853 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000854
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000855 QualType T = Func->getType();
856 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000857 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000858 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
859 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
860 }
861 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000862
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000863 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
864}
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000865/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000866bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000867Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
868 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000869 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000870 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000871 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000872 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000873 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
874 return false;
875 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
876 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000877 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000878 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
879 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000880 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000881 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
882 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
883 DestRecordType,
884 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
885 From->getSourceRange()))
886 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000887 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
888 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000889 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000890 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000891}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000892
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000893/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000894static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
895 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000896 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
897 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000898 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000899 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000900 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000901 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
902 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
903 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000904
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000905 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
906}
907
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000908/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
909Sema::OwningExprResult
910Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
911 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000912 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000913 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
914 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
915 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000916
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000917 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
918 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
919 // not any specific instance's member.
920 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000921 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000922 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000923 QualType DType;
924 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
925 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
926 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
927 DType = Method->getType();
928 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
929 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
930 }
931 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
932 if (!DType.isNull()) {
933 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
934 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000935 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000936 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000937 }
938 }
939 }
940
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000941 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
942 // (C++ [class.union]).
943 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
944 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
945 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000946
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000947 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
948 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000949 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000950 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
951 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
952 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
953 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
954 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
955 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
956 QualType MemberType;
957 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
958 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
959 MemberType = FD->getType();
960
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000961 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000962 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000963 else if (!FD->isMutable())
964 MemberType
965 = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType,
966 Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000967 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
968 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
969 Ctx = Method->getParent();
970 MemberType = Method->getType();
971 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000972 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000973 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000974 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000975 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000976 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000977 Ctx = Method->getParent();
978 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
979 }
980 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000981 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000982 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000983 // FIXME: We need an abstraction for iterating over one or more function
984 // templates or functions. This code is far too repetitive!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000985 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000986 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
987 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
988 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000989 CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000990 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000991 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func))
992 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
993 else
994 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func);
995
996 if (DMethod && !DMethod->isStatic()) {
997 Ctx = DMethod->getDeclContext();
998 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
999 break;
1000 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001001 }
1002 }
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001003
1004 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001005 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1006 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001007 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001008 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1009 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1010 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001011 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001012 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001013 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001014 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1015 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001016
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001017 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
1018 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1019 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
1020 // explicitly qualified.
1021 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
1022 ShouldCheckUse = false;
1023 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001024
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001025 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
Anders Carlsson21776b72009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001026 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001027 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
1028 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001029 }
1030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001034 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001035 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1036 if (MD->isStatic())
1037 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001038 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1039 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001040 }
1041
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001042 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1043 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1044 // above.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001045 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1046 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001047 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001048
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00001049 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001050 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001051 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001052 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08114892008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001053 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001054 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001055
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001056 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001057 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001058 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1059 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregord32e0282009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001060 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001061 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1062 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001063 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001064 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1065 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001066 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1067
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001068 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001069
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001070 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1071 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1072 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1073 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001074 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001075 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001076 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1077 return ExprError();
1078
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001079 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1080 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001081 return ExprError();
1082
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001083 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1084 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1085 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1086 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001087 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001088 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1089 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1090 //
1091 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001092 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001093 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001094 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001095 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001096 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001097 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1098 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001099 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001101 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001102 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001103 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001104 }
1105 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1106 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001107
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001108 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001109 bool ValueDependent = false;
1110 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1111 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001113 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1114 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1115 TypeDependent = true;
1116 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1117 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1118 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1119 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1120 TypeDependent = true;
1121 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1122 // names a dependent type.
1123 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001124 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001125 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1126 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001127 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001128 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1129 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1130 TypeDependent = true;
1131 break;
1132 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001133 }
1134 }
1135 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001136
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001137 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1138 //
1139 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1140 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1141 if (TypeDependent)
1142 ValueDependent = true;
1143 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1144 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1145 ValueDependent = true;
1146 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1147 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001148 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001149 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001150 Dcl->getInit()) {
1151 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1152 }
1153 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001154 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001155
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001156 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1157 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001158}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001159
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001160Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1161 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001162 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001163
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001164 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001165 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001166 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1167 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1168 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001169 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001170
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001171 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1172 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001173
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001174 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1175 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001176 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001177 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001178 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001179
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001180 QualType ResTy;
1181 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1182 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1183 } else {
1184 unsigned Length =
1185 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001186
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001187 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001188 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001189 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1190 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001191 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001192}
1193
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001194Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001195 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001196 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1197 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1198 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001199
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001200 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1201 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1202 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001203 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001204
1205 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1206
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001207 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1208 Literal.isWide(),
1209 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001210}
1211
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1213 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001214 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1215 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001216 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001217 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001218 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001219 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001220 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001221
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001222 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001223 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1224 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001225 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001226
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001227 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001228 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001229
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001230 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001231 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001232 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233 return ExprError();
1234
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001235 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001236
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001237 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001238 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001239 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001240 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001241 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001242 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001243 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001244 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001245
1246 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1247
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001248 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1249 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001250 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1251 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001252
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001253 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001254 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001255 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001256 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001257
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001258 // long long is a C99 feature.
1259 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001260 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001261 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1262
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001263 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001264 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001266 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1267 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1268 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001269 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1270 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001271 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001272 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001273 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1274 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001276 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1277 // be an unsigned int.
1278 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1279
1280 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001281 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001282 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1283 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001284 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001285
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001286 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1287 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1288 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1289 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001290 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001291 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001292 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001293 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001294 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001295 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001296
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001297 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001298 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001299 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001300
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001301 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1302 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1303 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1304 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001305 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001306 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001307 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001308 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001309 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001310 }
1311
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001312 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001313 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001314 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001316 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1317 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1318 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1319 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001320 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001321 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001322 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001323 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001324 }
1325 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001326
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001327 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1328 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001329 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001330 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001331 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001332 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001333 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001334
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001335 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1336 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001337 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001338 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001339 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001340
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001341 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1342 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001343 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001344 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001345
1346 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001347}
1348
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001349Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1350 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001351 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001353 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001354}
1355
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001356/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001357/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001358bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001359 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1360 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1361 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001362 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1363 return false;
1364
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001365 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001366 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001367 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001368 if (isSizeof)
1369 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1370 return false;
1371 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001373 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001374 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001375 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1376 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001377 return false;
1378 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001379
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001380 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001381 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001382 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1383 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001384 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001385
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001386 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001387 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001388 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001389 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1390 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001391 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001392
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001393 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001394}
1395
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001396bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1397 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1398 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001399
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001400 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001401 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1402 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001403
1404 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1405 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1406 return false;
1407
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001408 if (E->getBitField()) {
1409 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1410 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001411 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001412
1413 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1414 // bit-field.
1415 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001416 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001417 return false;
1418
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001419 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1420}
1421
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001422/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423Action::OwningExprResult
1424Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001425 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1426 if (T.isNull())
1427 return ExprError();
1428
1429 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1430 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1431 return ExprError();
1432
1433 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1434 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1435 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1436 R.getEnd()));
1437}
1438
1439/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1440/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001441Action::OwningExprResult
1442Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001443 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1444 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1445 bool isInvalid = false;
1446 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1447 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1448 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1449 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001450 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001451 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1452 isInvalid = true;
1453 } else {
1454 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1455 }
1456
1457 if (isInvalid)
1458 return ExprError();
1459
1460 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1461 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1462 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1463 R.getEnd()));
1464}
1465
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001466/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1467/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1468/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001469Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001470Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1471 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001472 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001473 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001474
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001475 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001476 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1477 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001478 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001479 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001480
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001481 // Get the end location.
1482 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1483 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1484 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1485
1486 if (Result.isInvalid())
1487 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1488
1489 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001490}
1491
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001492QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001493 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1494 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001495
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001496 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001497 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001498 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001500 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1501 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1502 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001503
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001504 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001505 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1506 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001507 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001508}
1509
1510
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001511
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001512Action::OwningExprResult
1513Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1514 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001515 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1516 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001517 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001518
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001519 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1520 switch (Kind) {
1521 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1522 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1523 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1524 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001525
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001526 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1527 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1528 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001530 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1531
1532 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1533 //
1534 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1535 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1536 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1537 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1538 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1539 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1540 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001541 Expr *Args[2] = {
1542 Arg,
1543 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001544 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001545 };
1546
1547 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1548 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001549 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001550
1551 // Perform overload resolution.
1552 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001553 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001554 case OR_Success: {
1555 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1556 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1557
1558 if (FnDecl) {
1559 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1560 // operator.
1561
1562 // Convert the arguments.
1563 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1564 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001565 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001566 } else {
1567 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001568 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001569 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1570 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001571 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001572 }
1573
1574 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001575 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001576
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001577 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001578 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump82191d02009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001579 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1581
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001582 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001583 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001584
1585 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1586 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1587 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1588 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1589
1590 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1591 FnDecl))
1592 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001593 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1594
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001595 } else {
1596 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1597 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1598 // operator node.
1599 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1600 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001601 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001602
1603 break;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 }
1606
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001607 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1608 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1609 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1610 // candidates.
1611 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1612 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1613 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1614 if (Result.isInvalid())
1615 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1616
1617 return move(Result);
1618 }
1619
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001620 case OR_Ambiguous:
1621 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1622 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1623 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1624 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001626
1627 case OR_Deleted:
1628 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1629 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1630 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1631 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1632 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1633 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001634 }
1635
1636 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1637 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1638 // build a built-in operation.
1639 }
1640
Eli Friedmanf32f0a72009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001641 Input.release();
1642 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001643 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001644}
1645
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001646Action::OwningExprResult
1647Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1648 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001649 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1650 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1651
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001652 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1653 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001654
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001655 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001656 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1657 Base.release();
1658 Idx.release();
1659 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1660 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1661 }
1662
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001664 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001665 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1666 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1667 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001668 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001669 // to the candidate set.
1670 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1671 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001672 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1673 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001675 // Perform overload resolution.
1676 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001677 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001678 case OR_Success: {
1679 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1680 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1681
1682 if (FnDecl) {
1683 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1684 // operator.
1685
1686 // Convert the arguments.
1687 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1688 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001689 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001690 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1691 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001692 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001693 } else {
1694 // Convert the arguments.
1695 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1696 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1697 "passing") ||
1698 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1699 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1700 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001702 }
1703
1704 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001705 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001706
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001707 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001708 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1709 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001710 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1711
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001712 Base.release();
1713 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001714 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1715 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001716
1717 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1718 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1719 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1720 ResultTy, RLoc));
1721 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
1722 FnDecl))
1723 return ExprError();
1724
1725 return Owned(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001726 } else {
1727 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1728 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1729 // operator node.
1730 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1731 "passing") ||
1732 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1733 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001734 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001735
1736 break;
1737 }
1738 }
1739
1740 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1741 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1742 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1743 break;
1744
1745 case OR_Ambiguous:
1746 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1747 << "[]"
1748 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1749 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001750 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001751
1752 case OR_Deleted:
1753 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1754 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1755 << "[]"
1756 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1757 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1758 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001759 }
1760
1761 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1762 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1763 // build a built-in operation.
1764 }
1765
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001766 // Perform default conversions.
1767 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1768 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001769
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001770 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001771
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001772 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001773 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001774 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001775 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001776 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1777 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001778 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1779 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1780 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1781 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001782 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001783 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1784 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001785 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001786 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001787 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001788 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1789 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001790 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001791 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001792 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001793 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1794 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1795 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001796 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001797 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001798 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1799 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1800 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1801 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001802 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001803 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001804 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001805
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001806 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1807 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001808 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1809 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1810 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1811 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1812 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1813 // force the promotion here.
1814 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1815 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1816 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1817 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1818
1819 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1820 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001821 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001822 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1823 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1824 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1825 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1826 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1827 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1828
1829 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1830 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001831 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001832 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001833 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1834 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001835 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001836 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001837 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1838 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001839 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1840 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001841
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001842 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001843 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1844 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001845 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1846
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001847 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1849 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001850 // incomplete types are not object types.
1851 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1852 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1853 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1854 return ExprError();
1855 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001856
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001857 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001858 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001859 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1860 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001861 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001862
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001863 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1864 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1865 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1866 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1867 return ExprError();
1868 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001869
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001870 Base.release();
1871 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001872 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001873 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001874}
1875
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001876QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001877CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001879 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001880 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001881
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001882 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001883 const char *compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001884
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001885 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001886 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1887 // to be selected.
1888 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001889
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001890 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1891 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001892 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001893
1894 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1895 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001896 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001897 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1898 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001899 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001900 do
1901 compStr++;
1902 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001903 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001904 do
1905 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001906 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001907 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001908
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001909 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001910 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1911 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001912 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1913 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001914 return QualType();
1915 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001916
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001917 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1918 // operates on.
1919 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001920 compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001921
1922 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001923 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001924
1925 while (*compStr) {
1926 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1927 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1928 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1929 return QualType();
1930 }
1931 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001932 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001933
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001934 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1935 // number of elements.
1936 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001937 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001938 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001939 return QualType();
1940 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001941
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001942 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001943 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001944 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001945 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001946 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001947 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001948 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001949 if (HexSwizzle)
1950 CompSize--;
1951
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001952 if (CompSize == 1)
1953 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001954
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001955 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001956 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001957 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1958 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1959 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1960 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001961 }
1962 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001963}
1964
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001965static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001966 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001967 const Selector &Sel,
1968 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001969
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001970 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001971 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001972 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001973 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001974
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001975 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1976 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001978 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001979 return D;
1980 }
1981 return 0;
1982}
1983
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001984static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001985 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001986 const Selector &Sel,
1987 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001988 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1989 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001990 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001991 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001992 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001993 GDecl = PD;
1994 break;
1995 }
1996 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001997 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001998 GDecl = OMD;
1999 break;
2000 }
2001 }
2002 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002003 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002004 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2005 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002006 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002007 if (GDecl)
2008 return GDecl;
2009 }
2010 }
2011 return GDecl;
2012}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002013
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002015Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002016 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002018 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2019 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
2020 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2021 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2022 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002023 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2024 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002025 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2026 return ExprError();
2027
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002028 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2029 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2030
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002031 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002032 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002034 // Perform default conversions.
2035 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002036
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002037 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002038 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2039 // use that.
2040 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2041 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2042 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2043 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2044 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
2045 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2046 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002047 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002048 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002049
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002050 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2051 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
2052 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2053 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2054 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2055 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2056 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2057 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2058 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2059 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2060 // Check the use of this method.
2061 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2062 return ExprError();
2063 }
2064 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2065 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2066 Selector SetterSel =
2067 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2068 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2069 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2070 if (!Setter) {
2071 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2072 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002073 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002074 }
2075 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2076 if (!Setter)
2077 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2078
2079 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2080 return ExprError();
2081
2082 if (Getter || Setter) {
2083 QualType PType;
2084
2085 if (Getter)
2086 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2087 else
2088 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2089 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2090 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2091 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2092 PType,
2093 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2094 }
2095 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2096 << MemberName << BaseType);
2097 }
2098 }
2099
2100 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2101 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2102 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
2103 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2104 }
2105
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002106 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2107 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002108 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002109 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2110 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2111 if (SS) {
2112 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2113 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2114 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2115 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116
2117 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002118 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002119 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002120 FirstQualifierInScope,
2121 MemberName,
2122 MemberLoc,
2123 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2124 LAngleLoc,
2125 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2126 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2127 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002128 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002129 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002130 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002131 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2132 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002133 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002134 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2135 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2136 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002137 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002138 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002139 // (so we'll report an error for)
2140 // T* t;
2141 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002142 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002143 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2144 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2145 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002146 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002147
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002149 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2150 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2151 if (SS) {
2152 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2153 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2154 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2155 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002157 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 BaseExpr, false,
2159 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002160 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002161 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002162 FirstQualifierInScope,
2163 MemberName,
2164 MemberLoc,
2165 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2166 LAngleLoc,
2167 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2168 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2169 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002170 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002171 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002172
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002173 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2174 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002175 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002176 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002177 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002178 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2179 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002180 return ExprError();
2181
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002182 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2183 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2184 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2185 // nested-name-specifier.
2186 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187
2188 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002189 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2190 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2191 }
2192
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002193 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002194 LookupResult Result;
2195 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002196
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002197 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002198 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2199 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002200 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002201 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2202 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002203 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002204 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002205
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002206 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2207
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002208 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002209 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002210 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002211 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002213 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002214
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002215 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2216 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2217 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2218 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2219 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2220 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002221
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002222 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2223 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2224 // error cases.
2225 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2226 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002227
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002228 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2229 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2230 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2231 // explicitly qualified.
2232 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2233 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2234 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002235
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002236 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002237 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002238 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002239
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002240 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002241 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2242 // (C++ [class.union]).
2243 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002244 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002245 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002246
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002247 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002248 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002249 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002250 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2251 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002252 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2253 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2254 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2255
2256 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2257 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2258
2259 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2260 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2261 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002262 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002263
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002264 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002265 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2266 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002268 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002269 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002271 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2272 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002273 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2274 Var, MemberLoc,
2275 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002276 }
2277 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2278 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002279 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2280 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2281 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002282 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002283 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002284 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2285 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002287 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002288 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2289 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002290 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002291 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2292 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2293 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002294 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002296 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2297 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2298 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002299 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002300 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002301 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2302 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2304 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002305 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002306 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2307 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2308 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002309 Context.OverloadTy));
2310
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002311 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2312 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002313 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002314 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2315 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002316 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2317 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002318 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002319 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002320 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002321 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002322
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002323 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2324 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2325 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002326 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2327 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002328 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002329 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002330
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002331 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2332 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2333 // pseudo-destructor.
2334 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2335 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002336 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2337 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002338 // type.
2339 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2340 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2341 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002343 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2344 // same as the object type.
2345 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2346 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2347 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2348 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2349 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002350
2351 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002352 // the form
2353 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002354 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2355 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002356 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2357 //
2358 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2359 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002360
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002361 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2362 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2363 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002365 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002367 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2368 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2369 MemberLoc));
2370 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002371
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002372 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2373 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002374 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2375 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002376 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002378 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002379 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002380 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2381
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002382 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2383 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002384 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002385
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002386 if (IV) {
2387 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2388 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2389 // error cases.
2390 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2391 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002392
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002393 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2394 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2395 return ExprError();
2396 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2397 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2398 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2399 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2400 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2401 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2402 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2403 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2404 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2405 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2406 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2407 // AST for a function decl.
2408 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002410 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2411 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2412 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2413 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2414 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2415 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002416
2417 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2418 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002419 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002420 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002421 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002422 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2423 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002425 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002426 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002427
2428 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2429 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2430 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002431 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002432 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002433 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002434 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002435 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002436 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002437 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002438 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002439 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002440 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002441 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002442
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002443 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002444 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002445 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2446 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2447 // Check the use of this declaration
2448 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2449 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002451 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2452 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2453 }
2454 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2455 // Check the use of this method.
2456 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2457 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002458
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002459 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002460 OMD->getResultType(),
2461 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002462 NULL, 0));
2463 }
2464 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002465
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002466 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002467 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002468 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002469 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2470 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002471 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002473 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2474 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2475 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002476 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002477
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002478 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002479 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002480 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2481 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2482 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002483 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002484 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002485 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002486 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2487 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002488 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002489 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2490 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002491 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002492 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2493 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002494 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002495 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2496 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2497 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002498
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002499 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002500 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2501 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002502 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2503 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002504 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002505 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2506 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2507 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002508
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002509 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2510 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2511 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002512 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2513 // selector is implemented.
2514
2515 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2516 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2517
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002518 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002519 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002520
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002521 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2522 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002523 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002524
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002525 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002526 if (!Getter)
2527 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002528 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002529 // Check if we can reference this property.
2530 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2531 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002532 }
2533 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2534 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002535 Selector SetterSel =
2536 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002537 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002538 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002539 if (!Setter) {
2540 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2541 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002542 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002543 }
2544 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002545 if (!Setter)
2546 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002547
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002548 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2549 return ExprError();
2550
2551 if (Getter || Setter) {
2552 QualType PType;
2553
2554 if (Getter)
2555 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002556 else
2557 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2558 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002559 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002560 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002561 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2562 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002563 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002564 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002565 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002566
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002567 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002568 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002569 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002570 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002571 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2572 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2573
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002574 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002575 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002576 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002577 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2578 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002579 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002580 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002581 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002582 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002583
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002584 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2585 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2586
2587 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2588 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2589 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002590 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002591 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002593 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002594 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2595 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2596 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2597 }
2598
2599 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002600}
2601
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002602Action::OwningExprResult
2603Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2604 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
2605 IdentifierInfo &Member,
2606 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002607 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, MemberLoc,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002608 DeclarationName(&Member), ObjCImpDecl, SS);
2609}
2610
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002611Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2612 FunctionDecl *FD,
2613 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2614 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2615 Diag (CallLoc,
2616 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2617 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002619 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2620 } else {
2621 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2622 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2623
2624 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002625 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002626
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002627 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2628 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002629 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002630
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002631 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002633 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002634
2635 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002636 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2637 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2638 return ExprError();
2639 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002640
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002641 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002642
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002643 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2644 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2645 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002646 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002647 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002649 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2650 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2651 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2652 }
2653 }
2654
2655 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2656 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2657}
2658
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002659/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2660/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2661/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2662/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2663/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2664/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002665bool
2666Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002667 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002668 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002669 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2670 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002671 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002672 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2673 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2674 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002675 bool Invalid = false;
2676
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002677 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2678 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2679 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2680 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2681 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2682 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2683 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2684 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002685 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002686 }
2687
2688 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2689 // them.
2690 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2691 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2692 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2693 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2694 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2695 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2696 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2697 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002698 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002699 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002700 }
2701 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2702 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002703
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002704 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2705 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2706 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002707
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002708 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002709 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002710 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002711
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002712 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2713 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002714 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2715 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002716 return true;
2717
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002718 // Pass the argument.
2719 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2720 return true;
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002721 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002722 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002723
2724 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002725 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2726 FDecl, Param);
2727 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2728 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002730 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002731 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002733 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2734 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002735
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002736 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2737 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002738 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2739 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2740 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2741 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2742 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2743
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002744 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2745 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2746 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002747 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002748 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2749 }
2750 }
2751
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002752 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002753}
2754
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002755/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2756/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2757/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2758/// template arguments, etc.
2759void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2760 NamedDecl *&Function,
2761 DeclarationName &Name,
2762 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2763 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2764 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2765 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
2766 const TemplateArgument *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2767 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2768 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2769 Function = 0;
2770 Name = DeclarationName();
2771 Qualifier = 0;
2772 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2773 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2774 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2775
2776 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2777 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2778 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2779 while (true) {
2780 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2781 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2782 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2783 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2784 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2785 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2786 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2787 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2788 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2789 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2790 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
2791 } else if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
2792 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2793 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2794 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2795 Qualifier = QDRExpr->getQualifier();
2796 QualifierRange = QDRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2797 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(QDRExpr->getDecl());
2798 break;
2799 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2800 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2801 break;
2802 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2803 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2804 Name = DepName->getName();
2805 break;
2806 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2807 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2808 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2809 if (!Function)
2810 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2811 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2812 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2813 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2814
2815 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2816 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2817 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2818 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2819 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2820 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2821 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2822 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2823 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2824 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2825 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2826 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2827 //
2828 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2829 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2830 // is still possible.
2831 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2832 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2833 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2834 }
2835 break;
2836 } else {
2837 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2838 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2839 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2840 break;
2841 }
2842 }
2843}
2844
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002845/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002846/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2847/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002848Action::OwningExprResult
2849Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2850 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002851 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002852 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002853
2854 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2855 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002856
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002857 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002858 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002859 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002860 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002861 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002862 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002863
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002864 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002865 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2866 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2867 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2868 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2869 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2870 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2871 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2872 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002873
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002874 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2875 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002876
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002877 NumArgs = 0;
2878 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002879
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002880 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2881 RParenLoc));
2882 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002883
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002884 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002885 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002886 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2887 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002888 bool Dependent = false;
2889 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2890 Dependent = true;
2891 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2892 Dependent = true;
2893
2894 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002895 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002896 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2897
2898 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2899 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2900 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2901 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2902
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002903 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002904 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2905 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2906 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2907 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2908 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2909 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2910 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002911 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2912 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002913 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002914
2915 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2916 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2917 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2918 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
2919 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType());
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002920 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002921
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002922 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2923 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2924 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2925 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002926
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002927 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2928 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2929 TheCall.get(), 0))
2930 return ExprError();
2931
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002932 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2933 RParenLoc))
2934 return ExprError();
2935
2936 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2937 }
2938 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002939 }
2940
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002941 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002942 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002943 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002944 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002945 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2946 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2947 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002948 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2949 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2950 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2951 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2952 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002953
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002954 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002955 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002956 if (NDecl) {
2957 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2958 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002959 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2960 else
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002961 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2962 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002963 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002964
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002965 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002966 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002967 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002968 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002969 ADL = false;
2970
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002971 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2972 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2973 ADL = false;
2974
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002975 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002976 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002977 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2978 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2979 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002980 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002981 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002982 if (!FDecl)
2983 return ExprError();
2984
2985 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2986 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002987 if (Qualifier)
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002988 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002989 Fn->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002990 false, false,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002991 QualifierRange,
2992 Qualifier);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002993 else
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002994 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002995 Fn->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002996 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2997 Fn = NewFn;
2998 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002999 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003000
3001 // Promote the function operand.
3002 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3003
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003004 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3005 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003006 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3007 Args, NumArgs,
3008 Context.BoolTy,
3009 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003010
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003011 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3012 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3013 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3014 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003015 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003016 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003017 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3018 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003019 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003020 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003021 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003022 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003023 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003024 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003025 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3026 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3027
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003028 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003029 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3030 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3031 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003032 return ExprError();
3033
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003034 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003035 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003036
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003037 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003038 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003039 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003040 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003041 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003042 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003043
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003044 if (FDecl) {
3045 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3046 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3047 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003048 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003049 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003050 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003051 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3052 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3053 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3054 }
3055 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003056 }
3057
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003058 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003059 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3060 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3061 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003062 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3063 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003064 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3065 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003066 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003067 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003068 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003069 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003070
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003071 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3072 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003073 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3074 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003075
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003076 // Check for sentinels
3077 if (NDecl)
3078 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003079
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003080 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003081 if (FDecl) {
3082 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3083 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003084
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003085 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003086 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3087 } else if (NDecl) {
3088 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3089 return ExprError();
3090 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003091
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003092 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003093}
3094
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003095Action::OwningExprResult
3096Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3097 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003098 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003099 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3100 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003101 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003102 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003103 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003104
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003105 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003106 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003107 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3108 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003109 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3110 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003111 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003112 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003113 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003114 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003115
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003116 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003117 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003118 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003119
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003120 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003121 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003122 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003123 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003124 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003125 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003126 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003127 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003128}
3129
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003130Action::OwningExprResult
3131Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003132 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3133 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3134 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003135
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003136 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003138
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003139 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003140 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003141 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003142 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003143}
3144
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003145/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003146bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003147 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003148 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3149 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003150 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003151 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3152 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003153
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003154 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003155
3156 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3157 // type needs to be scalar.
3158 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3159 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003160 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3161 return false;
3162 }
3163
3164 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003165 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3166 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3167 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3168 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003169 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003170 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3171 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003172 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003173 return false;
3174 }
3175
3176 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003177 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003178 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003179 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003180 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003181 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3182 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3183 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3184 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3185 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3186 break;
3187 }
3188 }
3189 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3190 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3191 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003192 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003193 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003194 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003195
3196 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3197 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3198 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3199 }
3200
3201 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3202 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003203 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3204 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003205 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003206 }
3207
3208 if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3209 // FIXME: Set the cast kind.
3210 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType());
3211 }
3212
3213 if (castType->isVectorType())
3214 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3215 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3216 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3217
3218 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003219 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003220
3221 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003222 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3223 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3224 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3225 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3226 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3227 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3228 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3229 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3230 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3231 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003232 }
Fariborz Jahanian88fead82009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003233 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3234 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003235 return false;
3236}
3237
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003238bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3239 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003240 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003241
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003242 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003243 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003244 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003245 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003246 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003247 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003248 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003249 } else
3250 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003251 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003252 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003253
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003254 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003255 return false;
3256}
3257
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003258bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3259 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003260
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003261 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3262 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003263 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3264 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3265 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3266 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3267 return false;
3268 }
3269
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003270 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003271 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3272 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003273 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3274 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3275 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3276 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003277 return false;
3278}
3279
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003280Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003281Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003282 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003283 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003284
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003285 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3286 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003287
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003288 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003289 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3290 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003291
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003292 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3293 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3294 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003295 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003296 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003297 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003298 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003299
3300 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003301 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003302 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003303
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003304 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3305 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003306
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003307 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3308 } else {
3309 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003310 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003311
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003312 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003313 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003314 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003315}
3316
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003317/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3318/// of comma binary operators.
3319Action::OwningExprResult
3320Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3321 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3322 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3323 if (!E)
3324 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003325
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003326 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003327
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003328 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3329 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3330 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003331
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003332 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3333}
3334
3335Action::OwningExprResult
3336Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3337 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3338 QualType Ty) {
3339 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003340
3341 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003342 // then handle it as such.
3343 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3344 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3345 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3346 return ExprError();
3347 }
3348
3349 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3350 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3351 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3352
3353 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3354 // braces instead of the original commas.
3355 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003356 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003357 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3358 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003359 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003360 Owned(E));
3361 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003362 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003363 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3364 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3365 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3366 }
3367}
3368
3369Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3370 SourceLocation R,
3371 MultiExprArg Val) {
3372 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3373 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3374 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3375 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3376 return Owned(expr);
3377}
3378
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003379/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3380/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003381/// C99 6.5.15
3382QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3383 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003384 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3385 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3386 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3387
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003388 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3389 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3390 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3391 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3392 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3393 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003394
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003395 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003396 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3397 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3398 << CondTy;
3399 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003400 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003401
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003402 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003403 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3404 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003405
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003406 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3407 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003408 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3409 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3410 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003411 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003412
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003413 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3414 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003415 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3416 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003417 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003418 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003419 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003420 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003421 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003422 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003423
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003424 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003425 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003426 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3427 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3428 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3429 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3430 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3431 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3432 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3433 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3434 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003435 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003436 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003437 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3438 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003439 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003440 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003441 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3442 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003443 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003444 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003445 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003446 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3447 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003448 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003449 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3450 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3451 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3452 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3453 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3454 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3455 return LHSTy;
3456 }
3457 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3458 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3459 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3460 return RHSTy;
3461 }
3462 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3463 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3464 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3465 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3466 return LHSTy;
3467 }
3468 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3469 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3470 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3471 return RHSTy;
3472 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003473 // Handle block pointer types.
3474 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3475 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3476 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3477 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003478 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003479 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3480 return destType;
3481 }
3482 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3483 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3484 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003485 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003486 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3487 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3488 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003489 return LHSTy;
3490 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003491 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003492 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3493 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003494
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003495 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3496 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003497 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3498 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3499 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3500 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3501 // to get a consistent AST.
3502 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3503 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3504 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3505 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003506 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003507 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3508 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3509 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003510 return LHSTy;
3511 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003512 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003513 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003514
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003515 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3516 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3517 return LHSTy;
3518 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003519 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3520 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003521 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003522
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003523 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3524 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3525 // type. This allows
3526 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3527 // where B is a subclass of A.
3528 //
3529 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3530 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3531 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3532 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3533
3534 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3535 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003536 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003537 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003538 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003539 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003540 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003541 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003542 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003543 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003544 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3545 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3546 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3547 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3548 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003549 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3550 } else {
3551 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3552 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3553 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3554 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3555 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3556 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3557 return incompatTy;
3558 }
3559 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3560 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3561 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3562 return compositeType;
3563 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003564 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3565 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003566 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003567 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003568 QualType destPointee
3569 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003570 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3571 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3572 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3573 return destType;
3574 }
3575 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003576 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003577 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003578 QualType destPointee
3579 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003580 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3581 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3582 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3583 return destType;
3584 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003585 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3586 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3587 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003588 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3589 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003590
3591 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3592 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3593 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003594 QualType destPointee
3595 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003596 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3597 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3598 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3599 return destType;
3600 }
3601 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003602 QualType destPointee
3603 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003604 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3605 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3606 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3607 return destType;
3608 }
3609
3610 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3611 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3612 return LHSTy;
3613 }
3614 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3615 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3616 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3617 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3618 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3619 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3620 // to get a consistent AST.
3621 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3622 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3623 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3624 return incompatTy;
3625 }
3626 // The pointer types are compatible.
3627 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3628 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3629 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3630 // type.
3631 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3632 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3633 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3634 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3635 return LHSTy;
3636 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003637
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003638 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3639 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3640 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3641 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3642 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3643 return RHSTy;
3644 }
3645 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3646 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3647 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3648 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3649 return LHSTy;
3650 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003651
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003652 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003653 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3654 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003655 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003656}
3657
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003658/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003659/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003660Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3661 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3662 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3663 ExprArg RHS) {
3664 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3665 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003666
3667 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3668 // was the condition.
3669 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3670 if (isLHSNull)
3671 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003672
3673 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003674 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003675 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003676 return ExprError();
3677
3678 Cond.release();
3679 LHS.release();
3680 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003681 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003682 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003683 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003684}
3685
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003686// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003687// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003688// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3689// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3690// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003691Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003692Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003693 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003694
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003695 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3696 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3697 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3698 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3699 return Compatible;
3700 }
3701
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003702 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003703 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3704 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003705
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003706 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003707 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3708 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003709
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003710 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003711
3712 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3713 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3714 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003715 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003716 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003717 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003718
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003719 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3720 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003721 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003722 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003723 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003724 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003725
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003726 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003727 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3728 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003729 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003730
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003731 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003732 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003733 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003734
3735 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003736 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3737 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003738 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003739 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003740 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003741 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3742 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3743 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3744 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3745 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3746 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3747 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3748 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3749 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3750 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3751 }
3752 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3753 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3754 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3755 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3756 }
3757 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3758 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3759 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3760 // warning can be disabled.
3761 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3762 return ConvTy;
3763 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3764 }
3765 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003766 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003767 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003768 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003769}
3770
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003771/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3772/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3773/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3774// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003775Sema::AssignConvertType
3776Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003777 QualType rhsType) {
3778 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003779
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003780 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003781 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3782 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003783
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003784 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3785 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3786 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003788 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003789
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003790 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3791 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3792 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003794 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003795 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003796 return ConvTy;
3797}
3798
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003799/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3800/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003801/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3802///
3803/// int a, *pint;
3804/// short *pshort;
3805/// struct foo *pfoo;
3806///
3807/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3808/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3809/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3810/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3811///
3812/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003813/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003814///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003815Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003816Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003817 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3818 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003819 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3820 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003821
3822 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003823 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003824
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003825 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3826 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3827 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3828 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3829 return Compatible;
3830 }
3831
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003832 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3833 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3834 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3835 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3836 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3837 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3838 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003839 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003840 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003841 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003842 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003843 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003844 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3845 // to the same ExtVector type.
3846 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3847 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3848 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3849 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3850 return Compatible;
3851 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003852
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003853 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003854 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003855 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003856 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003857 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3858 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003859 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003860 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003861 }
3862 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003863 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003864
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003865 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003866 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003867
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003868 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003869 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003870 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003871
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003872 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003873 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003874
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003875 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003876 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003877 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3878 return Compatible;
3879 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003880 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003881 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3882 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003883 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003884
3885 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003886 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003887 return Compatible;
3888 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003889 return Incompatible;
3890 }
3891
3892 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3893 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003894 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003895
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003896 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003897 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003898 return Compatible;
3899
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003900 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3901 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003902
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003903 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003904 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003905 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003906 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003907 return Incompatible;
3908 }
3909
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003910 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3911 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3912 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003913
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003914 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003915 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003916 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3917 return Compatible;
3918 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003919 }
3920 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003921 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3922 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003923 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3924 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003925 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3926 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003927 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003928 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003929 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003930 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3931 return Compatible;
3932 }
3933 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3934 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3935 return Compatible;
3936 return Incompatible;
3937 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003938 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003939 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003940 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3941 return Compatible;
3942
3943 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003944 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003945
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003946 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003947 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003948
3949 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003950 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003951 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003952 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003953 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003954 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3955 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3956 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3957 return Compatible;
3958
3959 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3960 return PointerToInt;
3961
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003962 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003963 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003964 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3965 return Compatible;
3966 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003967 }
3968 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003969 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003970 return Compatible;
3971 return Incompatible;
3972 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003973
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003974 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003975 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003976 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003977 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003978 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003979}
3980
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003981/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3982/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003983static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003984 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3985 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3986 // of the transparent union.
3987 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3988 &E, 1,
3989 SourceLocation());
3990 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3991 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3992
3993 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3994 // union type from this initializer list.
3995 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3996 false);
3997}
3998
3999Sema::AssignConvertType
4000Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4001 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4002
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004003 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004004 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4005 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004006 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004007 return Incompatible;
4008
4009 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4010 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4011 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4012 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004013 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4014 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004015 it != itend; ++it) {
4016 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4017 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4018 // 1) void pointer
4019 // 2) null pointer constant
4020 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004021 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004022 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
4023 InitField = *it;
4024 break;
4025 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004027 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4028 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004029 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
4030 InitField = *it;
4031 break;
4032 }
4033 }
4034
4035 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4036 == Compatible) {
4037 InitField = *it;
4038 break;
4039 }
4040 }
4041
4042 if (!InitField)
4043 return Incompatible;
4044
4045 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4046 return Compatible;
4047}
4048
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004049Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004050Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004051 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4052 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4053 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4054 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4055 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004056 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4057 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004058 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004059 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004060 }
4061
4062 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4063 // structures.
4064 }
4065
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004066 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4067 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004068 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4069 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004070 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004071 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4072 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004073 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004074 return Compatible;
4075 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004076
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004077 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004078 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00004079 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004080 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004081 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004082 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004083 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4084 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004085
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004086 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4087 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004088
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004089 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4090 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004091 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4092 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4093 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4094 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004095 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004096 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004097 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004098}
4099
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004100QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004101 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004102 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004103 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004104 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004105}
4106
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004107inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004108 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004109 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004110 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004111 QualType lhsType =
4112 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4113 QualType rhsType =
4114 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004115
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004116 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004117 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004118 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004119
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004120 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4121 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004122 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4123 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004124 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4125 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004126 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004127 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004128 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004129 }
4130 }
4131 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004132
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004133 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4134 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4135 bool swapped = false;
4136 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4137 swapped = true;
4138 std::swap(rex, lex);
4139 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4140 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004141
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004142 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004143 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004144 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4145 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4146 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004147 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004148 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4149 return lhsType;
4150 }
4151 }
4152 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4153 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4154 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004155 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004156 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4157 return lhsType;
4158 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004159 }
4160 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004161
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004162 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004164 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004165 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004166 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004167}
4168
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004169inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004170 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004171 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004172 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004173
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004174 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004175
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004176 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004177 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004178 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004179}
4180
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004181inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004182 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004183 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4184 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4185 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4186 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4187 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004188
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004189 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004190
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004191 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004192 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004193 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004194}
4195
4196inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004197 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004198 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4199 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4200 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4201 return compType;
4202 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004203
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004204 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004205
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004206 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004207 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4208 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4209 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004210 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004211 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004212
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004213 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4214 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004215 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004216 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4217
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004218 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004219
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004220 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004221 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004222
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004223 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4224 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004225 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4226 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004227 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004228 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004229 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004230
4231 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4232 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4233 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004234 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004235 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4236 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4237 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4238 return QualType();
4239 }
4240
4241 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4242 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4243 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004244 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004245 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004246 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004247 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004248 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4249 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004250 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4251 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004252 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004253 return QualType();
4254 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004255 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4256 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4257 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4258 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4259 return QualType();
4260 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004261
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004262 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004263 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4264 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4265 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4266 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4267 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004268 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004269 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4270 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004271 return PExp->getType();
4272 }
4273 }
4274
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004275 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004276}
4277
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004278// C99 6.5.6
4279QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004280 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4281 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4282 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4283 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4284 return compType;
4285 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004286
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004287 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004288
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004289 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004290
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004291 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004292 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4293 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004294 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004295 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004296 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004297
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004298 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004299 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004300 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004301
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004302 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004303
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004304 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4305 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4306 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4307 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4308 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4309 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4310 return QualType();
4311 }
4312
4313 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4314 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4315 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4316 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4317 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004318 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004319 return QualType();
4320 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004321
4322 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4323 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4324 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004326 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004327 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004328 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004329 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004330
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004331 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4332 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4333 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4334 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4335 return QualType();
4336 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004337
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004338 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004339 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4340 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4341 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4342 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4343 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4344 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004345 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004346 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4347
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004348 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004349 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004350 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004351
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004352 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004353 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004354 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004355
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004356 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4357 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4358 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4359 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4360 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4361 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4362 return QualType();
4363 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004365 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4366 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4367 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4368 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004369 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004370 return QualType();
4371 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004372
4373 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4374 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4375 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4376 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4377 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004378 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4379 << rex->getSourceRange()
4380 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004381 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004382
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004383 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4384 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4385 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4386 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4387 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4388 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4389 return QualType();
4390 }
4391 } else {
4392 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4393 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4394 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4395 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4396 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4397 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4398 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4399 return QualType();
4400 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004401 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004402
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004403 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4404 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4405 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4406 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4407 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004408 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004409 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004410
4411 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004412 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4413 }
4414 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004415
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004416 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004417}
4418
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004419// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004420QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004421 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004422 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4423 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004424 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004425
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004426 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4427 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004428 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4429 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4430 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4431 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4432 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004433 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004434 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004435 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4436
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004437 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004439 // Sanity-check shift operands
4440 llvm::APSInt Right;
4441 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004442 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4443 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004444 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004445 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4446 else {
4447 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4448 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4449 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4450 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4451 }
4452 }
4453
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004454 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004455 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004456}
4457
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004458// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004459QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004460 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4461 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4462
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004463 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004464 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004465
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004466 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004467 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4468 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4469 else {
4470 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4471 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4472 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004473 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4474 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004475
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004476 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4477 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004478 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4479 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4480 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004481 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004482 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004483 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4484 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4485 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4486 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004487 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4488 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004489 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004490
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004491 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4492 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4493 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4494 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004495
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004496 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4497 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004498 Expr *literalString = 0;
4499 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004500 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004501 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4502 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004503 literalString = lex;
4504 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004505 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4506 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004507 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4508 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004509 literalString = rex;
4510 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4511 }
4512
4513 if (literalString) {
4514 std::string resultComparison;
4515 switch (Opc) {
4516 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4517 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4518 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4519 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4520 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4521 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4522 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4523 }
4524 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4525 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4526 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004527 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4528 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4529 "strcmp(")
4530 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4531 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004532 resultComparison);
4533 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004534 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004535
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004536 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004537 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004538
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004539 if (isRelational) {
4540 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004541 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004542 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004543 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004544 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004545 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004546 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004547 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004548
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004549 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004550 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004551 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004552
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004553 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4554 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4555 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4556 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004557
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004558 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4559 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4560 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004561 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004562 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004563 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004564 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004565 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004566
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004567 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004568 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4569 return ResultTy;
4570
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004571 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4572 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4573 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4574 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4575 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4576 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004577 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004578 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004579 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004580 if (T.isNull()) {
4581 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4582 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4583 return QualType();
4584 }
4585
4586 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4587 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4588 return ResultTy;
4589 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004590 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4591 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4592 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4593 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4594 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4595 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4596 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4597 }
4598 } else if (!isRelational &&
4599 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4600 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4601 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4602 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4603 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4604 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4605 }
4606 } else {
4607 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004608 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004609 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004610 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004611 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
4612 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004613 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004614 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004615
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004617 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004618 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004619 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004620 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4621 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004622 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004623 return ResultTy;
4624 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004625 if (LHSIsNull &&
4626 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4627 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004628 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004629 return ResultTy;
4630 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004631
4632 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004633 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004634 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4635 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004636 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4637 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4638 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4639 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4640 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4641 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4642 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4643 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004644 // types.
4645 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4646 if (T.isNull()) {
4647 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4648 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4649 return QualType();
4650 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004651
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004652 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4653 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4654 return ResultTy;
4655 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004656
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004657 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004658 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4659 return ResultTy;
4660 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004661
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004662 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004663 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004664 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4665 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004666
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004667 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004668 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004669 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004670 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004671 }
4672 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004673 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004674 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004675 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004676 if (!isRelational
4677 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4678 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004679 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004680 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004681 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004682 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004683 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4684 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4685 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004686 }
4687 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004688 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004689 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004690
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004691 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004692 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004693 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4694 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004695 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004696 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004697 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004698 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004699
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004700 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4701 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004702 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004703 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004704 }
Daniel Dunbar340b5dd2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004705 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004706 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004707 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004708 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004709 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004710 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4711 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004712 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004713 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004714 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004715 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004716 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004717 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4718 if (RHSIsNull) {
4719 if (isRelational)
4720 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4721 } else if (isRelational)
4722 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4723 else
4724 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004725
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004726 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004727 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004728 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004729 }
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004730 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004731 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004732 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004733 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004734 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4735 if (LHSIsNull) {
4736 if (isRelational)
4737 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4738 } else if (isRelational)
4739 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4740 else
4741 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004742
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004743 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004744 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004745 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004746 }
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004747 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004748 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004749 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004750 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004751 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4752 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004753 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004754 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004755 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004756 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4757 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004758 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004759 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004760 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004761 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004762}
4763
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004764/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004765/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004766/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4767/// types.
4768QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004769 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004770 bool isRelational) {
4771 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4772 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004773 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004774 if (vType.isNull())
4775 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004776
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004777 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4778 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004779
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004780 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4781 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4782 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4783 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4784 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4785 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4786 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004787 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004788 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004789
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004790 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4791 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4792 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004793 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004794 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004795
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004796 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4797 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4798 // elements for floating point vectors.
4799 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4800 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004801
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004802 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004803 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004804 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004805 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004806 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004807 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4808
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004809 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004810 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004811 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4812}
4813
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004814inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004815 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004816 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004817 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004818
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004819 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004820
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004821 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004822 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004823 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004824}
4825
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004826inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004827 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004828 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4829 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004830
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004831 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4832 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4833
4834 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4835 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4836 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4837 return Context.BoolTy;
4838 }
4839
4840 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004841}
4842
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004843/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4844/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4845/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4846///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004847static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004848 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4849 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4850 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4851 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004852 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004853 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4854 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4855 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4856 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004857 }
4858 }
4859 return false;
4860}
4861
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004862/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4863/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4864static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004865 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004866 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004867 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004868 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4869 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004870 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4871 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004872
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004873 unsigned Diag = 0;
4874 bool NeedType = false;
4875 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4876 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4877 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004878 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004879 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4880 NeedType = true;
4881 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004882 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004883 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4884 NeedType = true;
4885 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004886 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004887 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4888 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004889 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004890 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4891 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004892 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4893 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004894 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004895 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4896 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004897 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004898 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4899 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004900 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004901 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4902 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004903 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4904 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4905 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004906 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4907 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4908 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004909 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004910
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004911 SourceRange Assign;
4912 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4913 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004914 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004915 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004916 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004917 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004918 return true;
4919}
4920
4921
4922
4923// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004924QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4925 SourceLocation Loc,
4926 QualType CompoundType) {
4927 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4928 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004929 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004930
4931 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4932 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004933
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004934 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004935 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004936 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004937 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004938 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4939 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4940 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004941 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004942 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004943 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004944 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004945
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004946 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4947 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4948 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004949 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004950 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4951 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4952 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4953 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4954 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004955 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004956 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004957 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4958 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4959 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004960 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4961 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004962 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4963 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4964 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004965 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004966 }
4967 } else {
4968 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004969 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004970 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004971
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004972 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4973 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004974 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004975
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004976 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4977 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004978 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004979 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4980 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004981 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004982 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004983 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004984}
4985
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004986// C99 6.5.17
4987QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004988 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004989 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004990
4991 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4992 // incomplete in C++).
4993
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004994 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00004995}
4996
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004997/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4998/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004999QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5000 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005001 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5002 return Context.DependentTy;
5003
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005004 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5005 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005006
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005007 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5008 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5009 if (!isInc) {
5010 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5011 return QualType();
5012 }
5013 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5014 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5015 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005016 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005017 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5018 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005019
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005020 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005021 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005022 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5023 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5024 << Op->getSourceRange();
5025 return QualType();
5026 }
5027
5028 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005029 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005030 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005031 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5032 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5033 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5034 return QualType();
5035 }
5036
5037 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005038 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005039 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005040 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005041 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005042 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005043 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005044 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5045 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5046 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5047 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5048 return QualType();
5049 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005050 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5051 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5052 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005053 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005054 } else {
5055 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005056 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005057 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005058 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005059 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005060 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005061 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005062 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005063 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005064}
5065
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005066/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005067/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005068/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5069/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5070/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5071/// - &(x) => x
5072/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5073/// - &s.xx => s
5074/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5075/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5076/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5077/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005078static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005079 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005080 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00005081 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005082 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005083 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005084 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5085 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5086 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005087 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005088 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005089 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005090 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005091 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005092 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5093 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005094 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5095 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5096 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5097 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5098 }
5099 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005100 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005101 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5102 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005103
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005104 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005105 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5106 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5107 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5108 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5109 default:
5110 return 0;
5111 }
5112 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005113 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005114 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005115 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005116 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5117 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005118 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005119 default:
5120 return 0;
5121 }
5122}
5123
5124/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005125/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005126/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005127/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005128/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005129/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005130/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005131QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005132 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5133 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5134
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005135 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5136 return Context.DependentTy;
5137
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005138 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5139 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5140 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5141 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5142 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5143 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5144 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5145 }
5146 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5147 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5148 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005149 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005150 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005151
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005152 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5153 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005154 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005155 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005156 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005157 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5158 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005159 return QualType();
5160 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005161 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005162 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5163 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5164 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005165 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005166 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5167 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005168 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005169 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005170 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005171 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005172 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5173 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5174 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5175 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5176 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005177 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5178 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005179 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5180 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005181 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005182 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005183 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5184 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005185 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005186 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5187 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005188 return QualType();
5189 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005190 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5191 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005192 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005193 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005194 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005195 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5196 // scope qualifier for the class.
5197 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
5198 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005199 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5200 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005201 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005202 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5203 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5204 return QualType();
5205 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005206
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005207 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5208 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005209 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005210 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005211 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005212 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005213 // As above.
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005214 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
5215 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5216 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5217 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005218 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005219 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005220
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005221 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5222 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5223 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5224 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5225 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5226 }
5227
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005228 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005229 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005230}
5231
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005232QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005233 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5234 return Context.DependentTy;
5235
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005236 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5237 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005238
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005239 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5240 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5241 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5242 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005243 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005244 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005245
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005246 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005247 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005248
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005249 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005250 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005251 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005252}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005253
5254static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5255 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5256 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5257 switch (Kind) {
5258 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005259 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5260 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005261 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5262 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5263 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5264 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5265 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5266 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5267 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5268 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5269 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5270 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5271 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5272 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5273 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5274 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5275 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5276 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5277 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5278 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5279 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5280 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5281 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5282 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5283 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5284 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5285 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5286 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5287 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5288 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5289 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5290 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5291 }
5292 return Opc;
5293}
5294
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005295static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5296 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5297 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5298 switch (Kind) {
5299 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5300 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5301 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5302 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5303 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5304 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5305 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5306 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5307 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005308 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5309 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005310 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005311 }
5312 return Opc;
5313}
5314
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005315/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5316/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5317/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005318Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5319 unsigned Op,
5320 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005321 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005322 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005323 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5324 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5325 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005326
5327 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005328 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5329 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5330 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005331 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5332 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5333 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5334 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5335 break;
5336 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005337 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5338 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5339 break;
5340 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5341 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5342 break;
5343 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5344 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5345 break;
5346 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5347 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5348 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005349 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005350 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5351 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5352 break;
5353 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5354 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5355 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5356 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005357 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005358 break;
5359 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5360 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005361 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005362 break;
5363 case BinaryOperator::And:
5364 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5365 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5366 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5367 break;
5368 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5369 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5370 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5371 break;
5372 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5373 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005374 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5375 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5376 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5377 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005378 break;
5379 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005380 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5381 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5382 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5383 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005384 break;
5385 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005386 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5387 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5388 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005389 break;
5390 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005391 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5392 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5393 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005394 break;
5395 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5396 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005397 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5398 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5399 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5400 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005401 break;
5402 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5403 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5404 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005405 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5406 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5407 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5408 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005409 break;
5410 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5411 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5412 break;
5413 }
5414 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005415 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005416 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005417 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5418 else
5419 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005420 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5421 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005422}
5423
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005424// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005425Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5426 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5427 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005428 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005429 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005430
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005431 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5432 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005433
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005434 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005435 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005436 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5437 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5438 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5439 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5440 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005441 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005442 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5443 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5444 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5445 Functions);
5446 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005447 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005448 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5449 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005450 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005451
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005452 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5453 // binary operation.
5454 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005455 }
5456
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005457 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5458 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005459}
5460
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005461Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005462 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005463 ExprArg InputArg) {
5464 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005465
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005466 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005467 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005468 QualType resultType;
5469 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005470 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5471 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5472 break;
5473
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005474 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5475 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005476 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5477 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005478 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005479 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5480 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005481 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005482 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005483 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005484 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005485 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005486 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005487 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005488 break;
5489 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5490 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005491 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5492 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005493 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5494 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005495 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5496 break;
5497 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5498 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5499 break;
5500 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5501 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5502 resultType->isPointerType())
5503 break;
5504
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005505 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5506 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005507 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005508 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5509 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005510 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5511 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005512 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5513 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5514 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005516 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005517 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005518 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5519 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005520 break;
5521 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005522 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005523 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5524 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005525 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5526 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005527 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005528 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5529 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005530 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005531 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5532 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005533 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005534 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005535 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005536 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005537 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005538 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005539 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005540 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005541 }
5542 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005543 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005544
5545 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005546 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005547}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005548
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005549// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5550Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5551 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5552 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5553 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5554
5555 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5556 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5557 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5558 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5559 // the arguments.
5560 FunctionSet Functions;
5561 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5562 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5563 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5564 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005565 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005566 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5567 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5568 }
5569
5570 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5571 }
5572
5573 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5574}
5575
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005576/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005577Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5578 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5579 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005580 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005581 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005582
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005583 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5584 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005585 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005586 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005587
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005588 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005589 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5590 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005591}
5592
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005593Sema::OwningExprResult
5594Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5595 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5596 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005597 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5598 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5599
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005600 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005601 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005602 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005603
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005604 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5605 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5606 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005607
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005608 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5609 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5610 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005611
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005612 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5613 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5614 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5615 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5616 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005617
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005618 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005619 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005620 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005621
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005622 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5623 // expressions are not lvalues.
5624
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005625 substmt.release();
5626 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005627}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005628
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005629Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5630 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5631 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5632 TypeTy *argty,
5633 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5634 unsigned NumComponents,
5635 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5636 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5637 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005638 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5639 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005640 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005641
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005642 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5643
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005644 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5645 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5646 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005647 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005648 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005649
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005650 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5651 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005652
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005653 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5654 // the offsetof designators.
5655 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5656 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005657 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005658 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005659
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005660 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5661 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005662 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5663 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005664 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005665 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5666 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005667
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005668 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005669 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005670
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005671 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5672 // leaks like a sieve.
5673 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5674 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5675 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5676 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5677 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5678 if (!AT) {
5679 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005680 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5681 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005682 }
5683
5684 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5685
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005686 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5687 // expression.
5688 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5689
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005690 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5691 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005692 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005693 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005694 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005695 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005696 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005697
5698 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5699 OC.LocEnd);
5700 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005701 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005702
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005703 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005704 if (!RC) {
5705 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005706 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5707 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005708 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005709
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005710 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5711 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005712 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005713 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005714 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5715 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5716 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005717 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5718 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005719 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005720
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005721 LookupResult R;
5722 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5723
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005724 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005725 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005726 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005727 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005728 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5729 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005730
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005731 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5732 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005733 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005734 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5735 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005736 } else {
5737 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5738 // doesn't matter here.
5739 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5740 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5741 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005742 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005743 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005744
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005745 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5746 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005747}
5748
5749
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005750Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5751 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5752 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005753 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5754 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5755 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005756
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005757 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005758
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005759 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5760 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5761 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5762 return ExprError();
5763 }
5764
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005765 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5766 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005767}
5768
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005769Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5770 ExprArg cond,
5771 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5772 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5773 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5774 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5775 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005776
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005777 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5778
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005779 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005780 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005781 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005782 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005783 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005784 } else {
5785 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5786 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5787 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5788 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005789 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5790 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5791 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005792
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005793 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5794 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005795 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5796 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005797 }
5798
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005799 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5800 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005801 resType, RPLoc,
5802 resType->isDependentType(),
5803 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005804}
5805
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005806//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5807// Clang Extensions.
5808//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5809
5810/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005811void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005812 // Analyze block parameters.
5813 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005814
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005815 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5816 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5817 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005818
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005819 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005820 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005821 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005822 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005823 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5824 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005825
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005826 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005827 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005828}
5829
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005830void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005831 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005832
5833 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5834 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005835 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005836 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5837
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005838 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5839 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5840 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5841 return;
5842 }
5843
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005844 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5845 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5846 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5847
5848 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5849 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005850 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005851 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005852 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005853 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005854 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5855 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005856 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005857
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005858 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5859 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5860 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5861 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5862 return;
5863 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005864 return;
5865 }
5866
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005867 // Analyze arguments to block.
5868 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5869 "Not a function declarator!");
5870 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005871
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005872 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5873 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005874
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005875 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5876 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5877 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5878 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005879 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5880 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005881 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005882 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005883 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5884 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005885 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005886 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005887 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005888 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005889 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005890 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005891 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005892 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5893 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5894 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5895 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5896 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005897
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005898 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005899 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005900 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005901 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005902 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005903 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5904 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005905
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005906 // Analyze the return type.
5907 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005908 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005909
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005910 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5911 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5912 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5913 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5914 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005915 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005916}
5917
5918/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5919/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5920void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5921 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5922 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005923
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005924 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5925
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005926 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005927 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005928 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005929 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005930}
5931
5932/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5933/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005934Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5935 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005936 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5937 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5938 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005939
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005940 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5941 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005942
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005943 PopDeclContext();
5944
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005945 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5946 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005947
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005948 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005949 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5950 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005951
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005952 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5953 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5954 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005955
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005956 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005957 QualType BlockTy;
5958 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005959 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5960 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005961 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005962 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005963 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5964 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005965
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005966 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005967 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005968 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005969
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005970 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5971 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5972 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5973 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005974
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005975 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005976 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005977 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5978 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005979}
5980
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005981Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5982 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5983 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005984 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005985 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5986 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005987
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005988 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005989
5990 // Get the va_list type
5991 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005992 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5993 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5994 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5995 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005996 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005997 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5998 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5999 } else {
6000 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6001 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006002 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006003 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006004 return ExprError();
6005 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006006
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006007 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6008 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006009 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6010 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006011 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006012 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006013
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006014 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006015 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006016
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006017 expr.release();
6018 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6019 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006020}
6021
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006022Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006023 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6024 // pointers on the target.
6025 QualType Ty;
6026 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6027 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6028 else
6029 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6030
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006031 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006032}
6033
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006034bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6035 SourceLocation Loc,
6036 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6037 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6038 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6039 bool isInvalid = false;
6040 unsigned DiagKind;
6041 switch (ConvTy) {
6042 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6043 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006044 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006045 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6046 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006047 case IntToPointer:
6048 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6049 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006050 case IncompatiblePointer:
6051 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6052 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006053 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6054 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6055 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006056 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6057 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6058 break;
6059 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006060 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6061 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6062 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6063 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6064 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6065 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6066 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6067 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6068 // C++ semantics.
6069 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6070 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6071 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006072 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6073 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006074 case IntToBlockPointer:
6075 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6076 break;
6077 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006078 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006079 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006080 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006081 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006082 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6083 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6084 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006085 case IncompatibleVectors:
6086 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6087 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006088 case Incompatible:
6089 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6090 isInvalid = true;
6091 break;
6092 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006093
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006094 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6095 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006096 return isInvalid;
6097}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006098
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006099bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006100 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6101 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6102 if (Result)
6103 *Result = ICEResult;
6104 return false;
6105 }
6106
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006107 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6108
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006109 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006110 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6111 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6112
6113 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6114 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6115 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6116 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6117 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6118 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6119 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006120
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006121 return true;
6122 }
6123
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006124 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6125 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006126
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006127 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6128 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6129 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006130
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006131 if (Result)
6132 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6133 return false;
6134}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006135
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006136Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6137Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006138 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6139 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6140 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006141
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006142 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6143 return NewContext;
6144}
6145
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006146void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006147Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6148 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6149 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6150
6151 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6152 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6153 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6154 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6155 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6156 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6157 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006158
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006159 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6160 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6161 I != IEnd; ++I)
6162 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6163 }
6164}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006165
6166/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6167///
6168/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6169/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6170/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6171/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6172///
6173/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6174///
6175/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6176void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6177 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006178
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006179 if (D->isUsed())
6180 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006181
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006182 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6183 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6184 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6185 // -Wunused-parameters)
6186 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6187 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006188 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006189
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006190 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6191 // an instantiation.
6192 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6193 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006194
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006195 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6196 case Unevaluated:
6197 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6198 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006199
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006200 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6201 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6202 // "used"; handle this below.
6203 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006204
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006205 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6206 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6207 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6208 // potentially evaluated.
6209 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6210 return;
6211 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006212
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006213 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006214 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006215 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006216 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6217 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6218 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006219 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006220 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006221 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6222 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6223 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006224 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6225 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6226 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006227
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006228 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6229 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6230 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6231 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6232 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6233 }
6234 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006235 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006236 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006237 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006238 if (!Function->getBody() &&
6239 Function->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6240 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6241 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6242 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6243 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6244 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6245 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6246 else
6247 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6248 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6249 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6250 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6251 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6252 else
6253 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6254 }
6255
6256 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6257 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6258 }
6259
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006260 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006261 Function->setUsed(true);
6262 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006263 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006264
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006265 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006266 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006267 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006268 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6269 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6270 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6271 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6272 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6273 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6274 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6275 }
6276 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006277
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006278 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006279
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006280 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006281 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006282 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006283}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006284
6285bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6286 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6287 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6288 return false;
6289
6290 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6291 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6292 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6293 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6294
6295 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6296 FD ?
6297 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6298 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6299 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6300 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6301 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6302 return true;
6303
6304 return false;
6305}
6306
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006307// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6308// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6309void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6310 SourceLocation Loc;
6311
6312 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6313 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6314 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6315 return;
6316
6317 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6318 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6319 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6320 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6321 return;
6322
6323 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6324 } else {
6325 // Not an assignment.
6326 return;
6327 }
6328
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006329 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006330 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006331
6332 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_condition_is_assignment)
6333 << E->getSourceRange()
6334 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6335 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6336}
6337
6338bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6339 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6340
6341 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6342 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6343
6344 QualType T = E->getType();
6345
6346 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6347 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6348 return true;
6349 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6350 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6351 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6352 return true;
6353 }
6354 }
6355
6356 return false;
6357}